{"title":"Tank Bands","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-seisimic-z-clip-kit-mild-steel-with-acylic-coating-mpn-272-28633","title":"Peabody Engineering Seisimic Z Clip Kit Mild Steel With Acylic Coating (MPN 272-28633)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"741\" data-start=\"242\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-end=\"275\" data-start=\"246\"\u003eGemini Seismic Z-Clip Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e (Part #: 27228633) is designed to provide reliable seismic stabilization for \u003cstrong data-end=\"392\" data-start=\"353\"\u003eGemini tank sizes 220, 320, and 500\u003c\/strong\u003e. Manufactured from durable \u003cstrong data-end=\"434\" data-start=\"420\"\u003emild steel\u003c\/strong\u003e and finished with a protective \u003cstrong data-end=\"485\" data-start=\"466\"\u003eacrylic coating\u003c\/strong\u003e, these Z-clips offer a cost-effective anchoring solution for installations in seismic zones or areas requiring added structural support. Each kit includes \u003cstrong data-end=\"661\" data-start=\"641\"\u003efour (4) Z-clips\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cem data-end=\"741\" data-start=\"663\"\u003ePlease note: anchor bolts are not included and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"834\" data-start=\"769\"\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong data-end=\"813\" data-start=\"785\"\u003eGemini 220, 320, and 500\u003c\/strong\u003e gallon tank models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"871\" data-start=\"837\"\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong data-end=\"869\" data-start=\"846\"\u003e(4) Z-clips per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"948\" data-start=\"874\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"901\" data-start=\"874\"\u003eMild steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong data-end=\"926\" data-start=\"907\"\u003eacrylic coating\u003c\/strong\u003e for rust resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"997\" data-start=\"951\"\u003eIdeal for \u003cstrong data-end=\"995\" data-start=\"961\"\u003eseismic anchoring applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1058\" data-start=\"1000\"\u003eComplies with \u003cstrong data-end=\"1056\" data-start=\"1014\"\u003eindustry-standard seismic requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1091\" data-start=\"1061\"\u003e\u003cem data-end=\"1091\" data-start=\"1061\"\u003eAnchor bolts sold separately\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1148\" data-start=\"1121\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1137\" data-start=\"1121\"\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27228633\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1198\" data-start=\"1151\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1164\" data-start=\"1151\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild Steel with Acrylic Coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1234\" data-start=\"1201\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1214\" data-start=\"1201\"\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Z-clips per kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1310\" data-start=\"1237\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1253\" data-start=\"1237\"\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seismic stabilization for Gemini tanks (220, 320, 500)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1363\" data-start=\"1313\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1335\" data-start=\"1313\"\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor bolts not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eSeismic stabilization of Gemini 220, 320 and 500 gallon dual containment tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMild Steel with Acrylic Coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published 3-year standard-duty tank warranty and 5-year heavy-duty tank warranty apply to tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 272-28633). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/product\/gemini-dual-containment-tanks-2\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page: Gemini Dual Containment Tanks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"content-p\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"content-p\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e SC\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"content-p\" data-end=\"2892\" data-start=\"2506\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach tank is manufactured and assembled in the USA using high-quality materials and strict quality control standards—built for long-term, dependable use in demanding applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published 3-year standard-duty tank warranty and 5-year heavy-duty tank warranty apply to tanks. A specific manufacturer warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the Peabody warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Mild Steel","offer_id":49714348884280,"sku":"272-28633","price":956.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/Untitled_500x500px_-2025-05-21T164731.888.png?v=1747864056"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-seisimic-z-clip-kit-304-stainless-steel-mpn-272-34095","title":"Peabody Engineering Seisimic Z Clip Kit 304 Stainless Steel (MPN 272-34095)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"765\" data-start=\"213\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-end=\"246\" data-start=\"217\"\u003eGemini Seismic Z-Clip Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e (Part #: 27234095) is specifically designed to enhance the seismic stability of Gemini tanks in sizes \u003cstrong data-end=\"370\" data-start=\"349\"\u003e220, 320, and 501\u003c\/strong\u003e. Engineered with precision and durability, this kit includes \u003cstrong data-end=\"466\" data-start=\"432\"\u003efour (4) high-strength Z-clips\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured from \u003cstrong data-end=\"508\" data-start=\"485\"\u003e304 stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, offering corrosion resistance and long-term reliability even in challenging environments. Ideal for seismic zones or installations requiring additional anchoring support, these clips provide a secure mounting solution that meets industry safety standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"851\" data-start=\"793\"\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong data-end=\"837\" data-start=\"809\"\u003eGemini 220, 320, and 501\u003c\/strong\u003e tank models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"888\" data-start=\"854\"\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong data-end=\"878\" data-start=\"863\"\u003e(4) Z-clips\u003c\/strong\u003e per kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"967\" data-start=\"891\"\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong data-end=\"931\" data-start=\"908\"\u003e304 stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e for superior corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1040\" data-start=\"970\"\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong data-end=\"1038\" data-start=\"983\"\u003eseismic anchoring and enhanced structural stability\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1106\" data-start=\"1043\"\u003eEngineered to meet \u003cstrong data-end=\"1106\" data-start=\"1062\"\u003eindustry seismic compliance requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1163\" data-start=\"1136\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1152\" data-start=\"1136\"\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27234095\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1201\" data-start=\"1166\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1179\" data-start=\"1166\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1237\" data-start=\"1204\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1217\" data-start=\"1204\"\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Z-clips per kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1320\" data-start=\"1240\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1256\" data-start=\"1240\"\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seismic stabilization for Gemini tank sizes 220, 320, and 501\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1391\" data-start=\"1323\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"1345\" data-start=\"1323\"\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included (available separately if needed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eSeismic stabilization of Gemini 220, 320 and 500 gallon dual containment tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e304 Stainless Steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published 3-year standard-duty tank warranty and 5-year heavy-duty tank warranty apply to tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 272-34095). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/product\/gemini-dual-containment-tanks-2\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page: Gemini Dual Containment Tanks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"content-p\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"content-p\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e SC\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"content-p\" data-end=\"2892\" data-start=\"2506\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach tank is manufactured and assembled in the USA using high-quality materials and strict quality control standards—built for long-term, dependable use in demanding applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published 3-year standard-duty tank warranty and 5-year heavy-duty tank warranty apply to tanks. A specific manufacturer warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the Peabody warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Stainless Steel","offer_id":49714349113656,"sku":"272-34095","price":1398.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/Untitled_500x500px_-2025-05-21T164731.888.png?v=1747864056"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-80-to-120-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2905","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Cage Kit Adjustable 80 To 120 Gal (MPN: RTT-2905)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 80 to 120 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2905\u003c\/strong\u003e) features a \u003cstrong\u003ebrand-new, upgraded design\u003c\/strong\u003e that delivers improved \u003cstrong\u003eadjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eeffortless installation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Purpose-built to fit \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks from 80 to 120 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e, this redesigned cage system offers a \u003cstrong\u003estreamlined field assembly process\u003c\/strong\u003e without the need for cutting, trimming, or on-site modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for fleet facilities, workshops, and industrial setups, this cage provides \u003cstrong\u003estructural reinforcement\u003c\/strong\u003e for your tank system while enhancing safety and modular compatibility. Whether you're setting up a single tank or expanding a multi-tank fluid handling system, this cage kit ensures durability, stability, and professional-grade installation every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgraded Adjustable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered to \u003cstrong\u003eaccommodate 80 to 120 gallon Rhino Tuff Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e with no cutting required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick and Easy Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e All components are \u003cstrong\u003epre-cut and ready to assemble\u003c\/strong\u003e, saving valuable time on-site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from \u003cstrong\u003edurable, powder-coated steel\u003c\/strong\u003e to resist corrosion and endure rugged environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Tank Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforces tank structure and provides \u003cstrong\u003esafe containment for stacked or standalone setups\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to integrate seamlessly with other \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank components\u003c\/strong\u003e, including stand kits and drip trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField-Friendly Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires only basic tools for install—no fabrication needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean, Professional Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhances the look and organization of your facility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Bulk Fluid Systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Commonly used in \u003cstrong\u003eDEF, oil, coolant, and industrial liquid storage\u003c\/strong\u003e applications.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2905\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCommonly used in DEF, oil, coolant, and industrial liquid storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCommonly used in DEF, oil, coolant, and industrial liquid storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2905). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-80-to-120-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 80 TO 120 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830565310776,"sku":"RTT-2905","price":184.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-140-to-180-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2910","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 140 To 180 Gal (MPN: RTT-2910)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 140 to 180 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2910\u003c\/strong\u003e) is part of the newly upgraded Rhino Tuff cage system, offering \u003cstrong\u003eenhanced adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ehassle-free installation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed to fit \u003cstrong\u003e140 to 180 gallon Rhino Tuff Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage kit eliminates the need for cutting or trimming during setup, ensuring a \u003cstrong\u003estreamlined field assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted for durability and ease of use, this cage reinforces the tank’s structural integrity, improves system safety, and integrates seamlessly with other Rhino Tuff components. Whether used in standalone or stacked configurations, it’s ideal for fleet service shops, industrial operations, or any bulk fluid handling system requiring secure containment and professional presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Design for 140–180 GAL Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom-fit cage kit for Rhino Tuff Tanks ranging from 140 to 180 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Cutting or Trimming Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e All components are pre-fabricated for fast, accurate assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Friendly Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for easy field setup using basic tools—no specialty equipment needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built from rugged, powder-coated steel to resist corrosion and withstand demanding use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Containment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides additional tank stability in both single-unit and stacked applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrates with Rhino Tuff Tank stands, drip trays, valves, and fittings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreamlined Site Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplifies multi-tank installations with clean, organized cage support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Industrial Fluids:\u003c\/strong\u003e Commonly used with DEF, lubricants, coolant, windshield wash, and more.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2910\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCommonly used with DEF, lubricants, coolant, windshield wash, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCommonly used with DEF, lubricants, coolant, windshield wash, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2910). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-140-to-180-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 140 TO 180 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830685372728,"sku":"RTT-2910","price":225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-180-to-220-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2915","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 180 To 220 Gal (MPN: RTT-2915)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 180 to 220 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2915\u003c\/strong\u003e) features a \u003cstrong\u003enewly upgraded, field-ready design\u003c\/strong\u003e that offers \u003cstrong\u003emaximum adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003etool-friendly installation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Tailored to fit \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks ranging from 180 to 220 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage system allows for \u003cstrong\u003efast, no-cut setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, eliminating any need for trimming during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for performance in demanding environments, this cage kit provides \u003cstrong\u003ecritical structural support\u003c\/strong\u003e, improves safety, and enhances the professional appearance of your fluid handling system. Whether for a standalone tank or a multi-tank setup, it delivers secure containment and streamlined integration with other Rhino Tuff components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 180–220 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically to fit Rhino Tuff Tanks within this size range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Cut Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e All parts are pre-measured and ready for direct assembly with no on-site modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Field Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set up efficiently using basic tools—ideal for busy service shops and facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists corrosion and offers long-term structural integrity in rugged conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStackable System Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a secure framework for stacking tanks in space-saving vertical systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully compatible with Rhino Tuff Tank accessories like stands, drip trays, and valves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean, Industrial Look:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains a tidy, professional appearance in any workspace or fluid storage area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for DEF, oils, lubricants, antifreeze, and other bulk fluids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2915\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003ePerfect for DEF, oils, lubricants, antifreeze, and other bulk fluids\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePerfect for DEF, oils, lubricants, antifreeze, and other bulk fluids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2915). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-180-to-220-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 180 TO 220 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830708867384,"sku":"RTT-2915","price":242.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-200-to-240-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2920","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 200 To 240 Gal (MPN: RTT-2920)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 200 to 240 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2920\u003c\/strong\u003e) is part of the enhanced Rhino Tuff cage system, featuring a \u003cstrong\u003ebrand-new adjustable design\u003c\/strong\u003e for seamless installation. Engineered for tanks in the \u003cstrong\u003e200 to 240 gallon range\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage system ensures a \u003cstrong\u003eprecise fit\u003c\/strong\u003e without the need for \u003cstrong\u003ecutting, trimming, or modifications\u003c\/strong\u003e on-site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for strength, reliability, and quick deployment, this cage kit reinforces your tank setup for \u003cstrong\u003eincreased stability and workplace safety\u003c\/strong\u003e. Perfect for single tank use or multi-tank assemblies, it integrates easily with other Rhino Tuff components to create a \u003cstrong\u003emodular, professional fluid handling system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Fit for 200–240 GAL Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for Rhino Tuff Tanks within this capacity range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo On-Site Modifications Needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e All cage components arrive pre-sized and ready for tool-assisted installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Field Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplifies setup for technicians and installers—no welding or custom cutting required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant steel ensures long-term strength and a clean, finished look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Tank Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stabilizes tanks in both freestanding and stacked applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to integrate with Rhino Tuff stands, drip trays, valves, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional-Grade Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps your service area or warehouse clean and organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Fluid Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for use with DEF, oil, antifreeze, lubricants, and other industrial fluids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2920\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle tank use or multi-tank assemblies, it integrates easily with other Rhino Tuff components to create a modular, professional fluid hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse with DEF, oil, antifreeze, lubricants, and other industrial fluids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSingle tank use or multi-tank assemblies, it integrates easily with other Rhino Tuff components to create a modular, professional fluid hand; Use with DEF, oil, antifreeze, lubricants, and other industrial fluids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2920). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-200-to-240-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 200 TO 240 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830730953016,"sku":"RTT-2920","price":265.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-240-to-280-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2925","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 240 To 280 Gal (MPN: RTT-2925)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 240 to 280 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2925\u003c\/strong\u003e) is part of the latest generation of Rhino Tuff cage systems, featuring an \u003cstrong\u003eenhanced adjustable design\u003c\/strong\u003e for fast, efficient setup. Purpose-built for tanks sized \u003cstrong\u003e240 to 280 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage kit eliminates the need for \u003cstrong\u003ecutting, trimming, or modifications\u003c\/strong\u003e during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for rugged environments, this steel frame system enhances \u003cstrong\u003etank stability\u003c\/strong\u003e, improves \u003cstrong\u003esafety\u003c\/strong\u003e, and delivers a \u003cstrong\u003eclean, professional appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e. Whether for a new installation or retrofit, it integrates smoothly with other Rhino Tuff Tank system components to streamline your fluid storage configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 240–280 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom-built to fit Rhino Tuff Tanks within this capacity range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Cut, No-Trim Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e All parts come pre-sized for direct assembly—no field alterations required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick and Easy Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for simple, fast installation with standard tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated for corrosion resistance and long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides strong structural support for stacked or standalone tank configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Modular:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with Rhino Tuff stands, drip trays, valves, and other accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean, Professional Look:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains a tidy, organized setup in service bays and storage areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Fluid Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for DEF, oils, coolants, lubricants, and other industrial fluids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2925\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eIdeal for DEF, oils, coolants, lubricants, and other industrial fluids\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for DEF, oils, coolants, lubricants, and other industrial fluids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2925). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-240-to-280-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 240 TO 280 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830762836280,"sku":"RTT-2925","price":283.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-270-to-310-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2930","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 270 To 310 Gal (MPN: RTT-2930)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 270 to 310 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2930\u003c\/strong\u003e) is the latest evolution of Rhino Tuff’s cage systems, offering \u003cstrong\u003eimproved adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eeasy installation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed to fit \u003cstrong\u003etanks ranging from 270 to 310 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage kit provides a \u003cstrong\u003eperfect fit without the need for cutting or trimming\u003c\/strong\u003e at the job site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty cage adds essential \u003cstrong\u003estructural support\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003esafety\u003c\/strong\u003e to your fluid storage setup while maintaining a \u003cstrong\u003eclean and professional appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ideal for both standalone tanks and multi-tank configurations, it integrates seamlessly with Rhino Tuff stands, drip trays, and other accessories to optimize your fluid handling system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable to Fit 270–310 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed for Rhino Tuff Tanks in this size range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo On-Site Cutting Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fabricated components allow for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires only basic tools for fast, hassle-free setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, corrosion-resistant frame built to withstand demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Tank Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides robust support for both individual tanks and stacked systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily pairs with Rhino Tuff stands, drip trays, valves, and other system parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Aesthetic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhances the look and organization of your tank storage area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Various Fluids:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for DEF, lubricants, oils, and other industrial fluids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2930\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eIdeal for DEF, lubricants, oils, and other industrial fluids\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for DEF, lubricants, oils, and other industrial fluids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2930). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-270-to-310-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 270 TO 310 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830824735032,"sku":"RTT-2930","price":300.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-310-to-350-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2935","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 310 To 350 Gal (MPN: RTT-2935)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 310 to 350 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2935\u003c\/strong\u003e) features the latest upgraded design, providing \u003cstrong\u003eenhanced adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eeffortless installation\u003c\/strong\u003e for tanks within the \u003cstrong\u003e310 to 350 gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e range. This cage kit eliminates the need for cutting or trimming on site, ensuring a \u003cstrong\u003esmooth and efficient setup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed for strength and durability, this cage provides essential \u003cstrong\u003estructural support\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eimproved safety\u003c\/strong\u003e for your tank system. It seamlessly integrates with Rhino Tuff Tank stands, drip trays, and other accessories, making it ideal for both single and multi-tank configurations in industrial and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Fit for 310–350 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed to accommodate Rhino Tuff Tanks sized between 310 and 350 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo On-Site Modifications Needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fabricated parts for easy, no-cut assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Friendly Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for quick setup with basic hand tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable and corrosion-resistant for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Tank Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers robust support in both standalone and stacked tank setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Modular:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with Rhino Tuff Tank accessories including stands, drip trays, and valves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains a clean, organized, and professional appearance in any facility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for use with DEF, lubricants, oils, and various industrial fluids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2935\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eSuitable for use with DEF, lubricants, oils, and various industrial fluids\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for use with DEF, lubricants, oils, and various industrial fluids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2935). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-310-to-350-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 310 TO 350 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830859338040,"sku":"RTT-2935","price":325.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-350-to-390-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2940","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 350 To 390 Gal (MPN: RTT-2940)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 350 to 390 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2940\u003c\/strong\u003e) features a \u003cstrong\u003ebrand-new upgraded design\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy adjustability and quick installation. Designed to fit tanks ranging from \u003cstrong\u003e350 to 390 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage kit requires \u003cstrong\u003eno cutting or trimming\u003c\/strong\u003e on site, providing a \u003cstrong\u003estreamlined and efficient setup process\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from heavy-duty, powder-coated steel, the cage offers critical \u003cstrong\u003estructural reinforcement\u003c\/strong\u003e and improves safety for your tank system. It seamlessly integrates with Rhino Tuff Tank stands, drip trays, and accessories, making it an ideal choice for both single and multi-tank configurations in industrial, commercial, and fleet applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 350–390 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable cage designed specifically for Rhino Tuff Tanks within this size range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo On-Site Modifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fabricated components allow for fast, hassle-free installation with no cutting or trimming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Field Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires only basic tools for quick setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides long-lasting corrosion resistance and structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers robust support for tanks, whether used individually or stacked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works seamlessly with Rhino Tuff Tank stands, drip trays, valves, and other accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional and Clean Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps your installation tidy and organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Various Fluids:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for DEF, lubricants, oils, and other industrial liquids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2940\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eIdeal for DEF, lubricants, oils, and other industrial liquids\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for DEF, lubricants, oils, and other industrial liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2940). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-350-to-390-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 350 TO 390 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830879752504,"sku":"RTT-2940","price":341.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-370-to-410-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2945","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 370 To 410 Gal (MPN: RTT-2945)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 370 to 410 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2945\u003c\/strong\u003e) delivers the latest in cage system upgrades, providing \u003cstrong\u003eenhanced adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eeffortless installation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed specifically for tanks in the \u003cstrong\u003e370 to 410 gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e range, this cage kit allows for a \u003cstrong\u003equick, no-cut, no-trim setup\u003c\/strong\u003e to streamline your installation process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to provide strong \u003cstrong\u003estructural support\u003c\/strong\u003e and safety, the cage integrates perfectly with Rhino Tuff Tank stands, drip trays, and accessories. Its robust construction and modular design make it suitable for both standalone tanks and multi-tank configurations in industrial, commercial, or fleet applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable for 370–410 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered to fit Rhino Tuff Tanks sized between 370 and 410 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Cutting or Trimming Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fabricated for direct assembly with no field modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Friendly Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for quick assembly with basic hand tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable and corrosion-resistant for long service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Stability and Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides reliable reinforcement for stacked or standalone tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamlessly integrates with Rhino Tuff stands, drip trays, valves, and other system components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean, Professional Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps tank installations neat and organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Industrial Fluids:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for DEF, oils, lubricants, and other bulk liquids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2945\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eSuitable for DEF, oils, lubricants, and other bulk liquids\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for DEF, oils, lubricants, and other bulk liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2945). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-370-to-410-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 370 TO 410 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830912028984,"sku":"RTT-2945","price":365.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-400-to-440-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2950","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 400 To 440 Gal (MPN: RTT-2950)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 400 to 440 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2950\u003c\/strong\u003e) features a newly upgraded design that combines \u003cstrong\u003emaximum adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003eeasy, no-cut installation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Engineered to fit tanks in the \u003cstrong\u003e400 to 440 gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e range, this cage kit provides a hassle-free and efficient setup process without the need for any trimming or modification on-site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty, powder-coated steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage kit enhances \u003cstrong\u003estructural stability\u003c\/strong\u003e and safety for your tank systems. It integrates seamlessly with Rhino Tuff Tank stands, drip trays, and accessories, making it perfect for both single and multi-tank applications in industrial and commercial settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 400–440 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for Rhino Tuff Tanks sized 400 to 440 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Cut Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fabricated components allow for quick, direct assembly with no trimming required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Friendly Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to install using basic hand tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable and corrosion-resistant for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Tank Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides secure support for standalone and stacked tank configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully compatible with Rhino Tuff Tank stands, drip trays, valves, and other accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean and Professional Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains an organized and professional workspace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Various Fluids:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for DEF, oils, lubricants, coolants, and other industrial liquids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2950\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eIdeal for DEF, oils, lubricants, coolants, and other industrial liquids\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for DEF, oils, lubricants, coolants, and other industrial liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2950). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-400-to-440-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 400 TO 440 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830937817400,"sku":"RTT-2950","price":358.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-420-to-460-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2955","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 420 To 460 Gal (MPN: RTT-2955)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 420 to 460 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2955\u003c\/strong\u003e) is part of Rhino’s redesigned cage kit series, built for \u003cstrong\u003econvenience, strength, and fast setup\u003c\/strong\u003e. This upgraded model offers \u003cstrong\u003eadjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e to fit a wide range of tanks (420 to 460 gallons) and installs effortlessly without any cutting or trimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003erobust, powder-coated steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage kit provides essential structural reinforcement for fluid storage tanks and is ideal for shop, fleet, or industrial environments. It integrates perfectly with Rhino Tuff Tank stands and accessory systems for a professional and safe installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 420–460 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom fit for Rhino Tuff Tanks within this size range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Cut Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e All components are pre-sized for quick, clean assembly without trimming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fast setup using standard tools—no welding or custom fabrication needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated for corrosion resistance and rugged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Increases structural integrity when used with tank stands and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem-Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully integrates with RTT stands, drip trays, valve kits, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Efficient Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps tank systems organized and secure in tight work areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks With Multiple Fluids:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for use with DEF, motor oil, hydraulic fluid, and similar liquids.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2955\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShop, fleet, or industrial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse with DEF, motor oil, hydraulic fluid, and similar liquids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShop, fleet, or industrial environments; Use with DEF, motor oil, hydraulic fluid, and similar liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2955). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-420-to-460-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 420 TO 460 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830969962808,"sku":"RTT-2955","price":383.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-kit-adjustable-440-to-480-gal-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-2960","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Adjustable Cage Kit 440 To 480 Gal (MPN: RTT-2960)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Kit – Adjustable 440 to 480 Gallon\u003c\/strong\u003e (MPN: \u003cstrong\u003eRTT-2960\u003c\/strong\u003e) features a brand-new, upgraded design that offers \u003cstrong\u003emaximum adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003estreamlined installation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Built to simplify field setup, this kit requires \u003cstrong\u003eno cutting or trimming\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for fast, efficient assembly at any job site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty powder-coated steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, this cage kit enhances the structural support of your tank system while maintaining compatibility with Rhino’s full line of stands and accessories. Perfect for both new installations and retrofit applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 440–480 Gallon Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to fit Rhino Tuff Tanks within this capacity range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Trimming Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-measured and engineered for direct-fit installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick \u0026amp; Easy Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assembles in minutes using basic tools—no welding or fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for rugged environments and long-term durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists corrosion and chemical exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure System Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides added support when paired with tank stands and trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized Footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps fluid systems compact, clean, and easy to access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Fluid Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for DEF, motor oil, gear lube, ATF, and more.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-2960\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eSuitable for DEF, motor oil, gear lube, ATF, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for DEF, motor oil, gear lube, ATF, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-2960). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-kit-adjustable-440-to-480-gal\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE KIT ADJUSTABLE 440 TO 480 GAL\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50831114076472,"sku":"RTT-2960","price":400.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-kit.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"cage-ring-kits-installed-horizontally-around-individual-tank-rhino-tuff-tanks-mpn-rtt-9560","title":"Rhino Tuff Tanks Horizontal Cage Ring Kits (MPN: RTT-9560)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRhino Tuff Tank Cage Ring Kit (MPN: RTT-9560)\u003c\/strong\u003e is engineered to add structural integrity to individual stackable tanks by reducing the risk of side wall deflection. \u003cstrong\u003eInstalled horizontally\u003c\/strong\u003e, this rugged steel ring reinforces the tank and helps maintain shape, especially in high-volume or heavy-use fluid storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for strength and longevity, the ring features a \u003cstrong\u003ecold-formed steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003edurable, corrosion-resistant powder coat finish\u003c\/strong\u003e that withstands the harshest environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold-formed steel for maximum strength and tank reinforcement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-Resistant Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black powder coat finish resists weathering and chemical exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Stackable Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents tank bulging and improves structural rigidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wraps around the tank's midsection for optimal load distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for High-Volume Fluids:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhances support when tanks are filled to capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-Ring Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each kit includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 cage ring\u003c\/strong\u003e; multiple kits may be required depending on application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for compatibility with Rhino Tuff Tanks and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Shipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ships flat-packed with included hardware for convenient handling.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rhino Tuff Tanks - Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RTT-9560\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple Lake, MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforcing individual stackable tanks against side wall deflection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-volume or heavy-use stacked fluid storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 2-5 Weeks, and it ships from Rhino Tuff Tanks in Maple Lake, Minnesota. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks repairs or replaces, at its discretion, products found defective due to a manufacturing defect. Its warranty table does not list a specific period for this item category, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks of Maple Lake, Minnesota (part number RTT-9560). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/product\/cage-ring-kit\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks product page - CAGE RING KIT\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/uploads\/2024\/05\/2024-RTT-Catalog.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks 2024 product catalog (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e MN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks’ published warranty-period table does not list a specific period for this item category; coverage follows the policy below, and components made by another manufacturer carry that manufacturer’s warranty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks Warranty Policy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks (RTT) stands behind all of its products and will repair or replace, at its discretion, any product found to be defective due to a manufacturing defect. Items sold, but not manufactured by Rhino Tuff Tanks (including materials, equipment, or components such as pumps, hoses, valves, etc.) are subject to the warranty, if any, of the original manufacturer. Rhino Tuff Tanks will provide the purchaser with reasonable assistance in making any claim for breach of these warranties; however, if the original manufacturer denies such warranty claims, Rhino Tuff Tanks has no additional liability. Rhino Tuff Tanks is not responsible for fluid loss and\/or associated cleanup costs. The warranty does not apply to any products that have been subjected to an accident, adjustment, improper installation, misapplication, misuse, modification, neglect, repair, including but not limited to improper maintenance, or use of unauthorized parts or attachments. Warranties and returns will not be honored without the original receipt of purchase and images of the damaged or defective product. Warranties do not apply to floor or display models, out-of-box models, and close-out or discontinued items.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor warranty details or to start a claim, contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@tanksupplydirect.com\"\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.rhinotufftanks.com\/customer-service\/warranty\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRhino Tuff Tanks warranty page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Tuff Tanks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50831295152440,"sku":"RTT-9560","price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/rhino-tuff-cage-ring-image.jpg?v=1792137194"},{"product_id":"romotech-tank-mounting-hoop-for-550-750-gallon-horizontal-leg-tanks-mpn-2958601","title":"RomoTech Support Hoop for 550 \u0026 750 Gallon Tank (MPN: 2958601)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RomoTech Tank Mounting Hoop (MPN 2958601) is a steel mounting hoop, also known as a tank band, designed to fit RomoTech 550 and 750 gallon horizontal tanks with legs. It holds the tank securely in position during transport and stationary use and adds support to maintain the tank's shape during filling and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting hardware is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e RomoTech 550 and 750 gallon horizontal tanks with legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transport and stationary applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps maintain tank shape during filling and use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2958601\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 in \/ 8.89 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51.75 in \/ 131.44 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47.88 in \/ 121.62 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e RomoTech 550 and 750 gallon horizontal tanks with legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e RomoTech\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indiana\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring a RomoTech horizontal leg tank for transport or stationary use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich tanks does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to fit RomoTech 550 and 750 gallon horizontal tanks with legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Mounting hardware is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt typically ships in 48-72 hours from Indiana. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRomoTech products are covered under Buyers Products' general warranty: one (1) year from the date of shipment against defects in material and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRomoTech. Manufacturer part number: 2958601.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.romotechplastics.com\/catalog\/products\/tank-mounting-hoops\/2958601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRomoTech product page: RomoTech 2958601 specifications\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e IN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRomoTech products are covered under Buyers Products' general warranty policy unless otherwise specified. Buyers Products warrants products and hardware it manufactures and\/or distributes against defects in material and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of shipment when properly installed and used under normal conditions. Products that have been altered or modified, misused, involved in an accident, or not properly maintained are not covered, and normal wear is excluded. Buyers Products' responsibility under the warranty is limited to repair or replacement of an authorized returned product or part that is found to be defective. Return authorization is required before returning any product or part, and transportation and labor charges are not covered. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RomoTech","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52836048240952,"sku":"2958601","price":104.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/TanksupplydepotFinal_Design_24Sep25.pdf_500x500px_9.png?v=1787377919"},{"product_id":"romotech-tank-mounting-hoop-for-1065-gallon-horizontal-leg-tanks-mpn-2958597","title":"RomoTech Support Hoop for 1,065 Gallon Tank (MPN: 2958597)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RomoTech Tank Mounting Hoop (MPN 2958597) is a steel mounting hoop, also known as a tank band, designed to fit RomoTech 1,065 gallon horizontal tanks with legs. It holds the tank securely in position during transport and stationary use and adds support to maintain the tank's shape during filling and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting hardware is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e RomoTech 1,065 gallon horizontal tanks with legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transport and stationary applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps maintain tank shape during filling and use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2958597\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.315 in \/ 3.34 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61.82 in \/ 157.02 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 in \/ 139.70 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e RomoTech 1,065 gallon horizontal tanks with legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e RomoTech\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indiana\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring a RomoTech horizontal leg tank for transport or stationary use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich tanks does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to fit RomoTech 1,065 gallon horizontal tanks with legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Mounting hardware is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt typically ships in 48-72 hours from Indiana. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRomoTech products are covered under Buyers Products' general warranty: one (1) year from the date of shipment against defects in material and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRomoTech. Manufacturer part number: 2958597.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.romotechplastics.com\/catalog\/products\/tank-mounting-hoops\/2958597\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRomoTech product page: RomoTech 2958597 specifications\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e IN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRomoTech products are covered under Buyers Products' general warranty policy unless otherwise specified. Buyers Products warrants products and hardware it manufactures and\/or distributes against defects in material and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of shipment when properly installed and used under normal conditions. Products that have been altered or modified, misused, involved in an accident, or not properly maintained are not covered, and normal wear is excluded. Buyers Products' responsibility under the warranty is limited to repair or replacement of an authorized returned product or part that is found to be defective. Return authorization is required before returning any product or part, and transportation and labor charges are not covered. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RomoTech","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52836049846584,"sku":"2958597","price":124.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/TanksupplydepotFinal_Design_24Sep25.pdf_500x500px_9.png?v=1787377919"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-50-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 50 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 50 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #50 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 50 RT 50-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 43\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the compatible 50 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e50 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 50 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 43\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 50 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 50 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 50 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e50 RT — 50-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 43\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 43\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 50 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 50 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e50 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 50 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 50 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e50 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 50 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 50 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e50 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 43-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840107802936,"sku":"50 RTBS","price":55.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-70-lprtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 70 LPRTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 70 LPRT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #70 LPRTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 70 LPRT 70-Gallon Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned specifically to follow the profile of the compatible tank, the 70 LPRTBS helps keep the tank properly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 52\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a purpose-built alternative to generic straps or improvised mounting systems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe manufacturer drawing for the 70 LPRT specifically identifies the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70 LPRTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e as the optional tie-down band set for this tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 70 LPRTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 52\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Quantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 70 LPRT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 70 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 70 LPRT tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70 LPRTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed specifically for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70 LPRT — 70-Gallon Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe compatible \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70 LPRT tank measures approximately 48\" long x 24\" wide x 16\" high\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWidth:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLength:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 52\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 52\" Long Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 LPRTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 52\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 70 LPRT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 70 LPRT tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 70 LPRTBS is ideal for securing the compatible tank in applications such as:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWater transport systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAgricultural equipment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLandscaping and irrigation equipment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eService vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUtility trailers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMobile water systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCommercial equipment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStationary tank installations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlways ensure the tank and mounting system are properly supported and secured for the intended application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e70 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 70 LPRT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 70 LPRTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70 LPRTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDepending on order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWarranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 70 LPRT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 70 LPRT 70-Gallon Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70 LPRTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeaturing \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003etwo 2-inch-wide x 52-inch-long bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e designed specifically for the matching tank, the 70 LPRTBS provides a clean and dependable solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840274067768,"sku":"70 LPRTBS","price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-70-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 75 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 75 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #75 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 75 RT 75-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 58\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the compatible 75 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e75 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 75 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 58\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 75 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 75 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 75 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e75 RT — 75-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 58\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 75 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 75 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e75 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 75 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 75 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e75 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 75 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 75 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e75 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 58-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840277770552,"sku":"75 RTBS","price":60.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-100-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 100 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 100 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #100 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 100 RT 100-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 72\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the compatible 100 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e100 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 100 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 72\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 100 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 100 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 100 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e100 RT — 100-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 72\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 100 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 100 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e100 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 100 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 100 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e100 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 100 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 100 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e100 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 72-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840279343416,"sku":"100 RTBS","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-110-lprtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 110 LPRTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 110 LPRT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #110 LPRTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 110 LPRT 110-Gallon Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 66\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the compatible 110 LPRT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's low-profile configuration, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e110 LPRTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 110 LPRTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 66\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 110 LPRT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 110 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 110 LPRT tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e110 LPRT — 110-Gallon Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 66\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 LPRTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 110 LPRT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-Profile Rectangular Tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 110 LPRT tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e110 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 110 LPRT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 110 LPRTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e110 LPRTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 110 LPRT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 110 LPRT low-profile rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e110 LPRTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 66-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840281702712,"sku":"110 LPRTBS","price":62.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-150-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 150 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #150 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RT 150-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 82\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the compatible 150 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 150 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 82\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 150 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 150 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 150 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RT — 150-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 82\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 82\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 150 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 150 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e150 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 150 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 150 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 82-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840282620216,"sku":"150 RTBS","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-150-rttbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 150 RTTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RTT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #150 RTTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RTT 150-Gallon Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 106\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the taller profile of the compatible 150 RTT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's configuration, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 150 RTTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 106\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 150 RTT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 150 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 150 RTT tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RTT — 150-Gallon Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 106\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 RTTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 106\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 150 RTT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 150 RTT tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e150 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RTT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 150 RTTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 150 RTT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 150 RTT rectangular tall tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 106-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840285176120,"sku":"150 RTTBS","price":92.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-200-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 200 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 200 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #200 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 200 RT 200-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 92\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the compatible 200 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e200 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 200 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 92\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 200 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 200 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 200 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e200 RT — 200-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 92\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 200 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 200 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e200 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 200 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 200 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e200 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 200 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 200 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e200 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 92-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840286126392,"sku":"200 RTBS","price":71.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-300-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 300 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 300 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #300 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 300 RT 300-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 110\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing a secure fit over the compatible 300 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e300 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 300 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 110\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 300 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 300 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 300 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e300 RT — 300-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 110\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 300 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 300 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e300 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 300 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 300 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e300 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 300 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 300 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e300 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 110-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840287535416,"sku":"300 RTBS","price":77.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-400-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 400 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #400 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RT 400-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 132\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the length needed to fit the compatible 400 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 400 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 132\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 400 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 400 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 400 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RT — 400-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 132\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 400 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 400 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e400 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 400 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eparcel carrier or freight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Due to the overall length of this band set, freight shipping may be required when shipped separately. When ordered with a compatible tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 400 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 132-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840288747832,"sku":"400 RTBS","price":84.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-400-rttbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 400 RTTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RTT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #400 RTTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RTT 400-Gallon Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 137\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the length required to fit the taller profile of the compatible 400 RTT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's configuration, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 400 RTTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 137\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 400 RTT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 400 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 400 RTT tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RTT — 400-Gallon Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe compatible 400 RTT tank measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e58\" long x 34\" wide x 53-7\/16\" high\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 137\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 RTTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 400 RTT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 400 RTT tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e400 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RTT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 400 RTTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by parcel or freight. Due to the overall length of the 400 RTTBS bands, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003efreight shipping may be required when the bands are shipped straight as a standalone order\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen ordered with the compatible 400 RTT tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 400 RTT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 400 RTT rectangular tall tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 137-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840290124088,"sku":"400 RTTBS","price":106.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-500-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 500 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #500 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RT 500-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 147\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the length required to fit the compatible 500 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 500 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 147\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 500 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 500 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 500 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RT — 500-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 147\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 147\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 500 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 500 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e500 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 500 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by parcel or freight. Due to the overall length of the 500 RTBS bands, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003efreight shipping may be required when the bands are shipped straight as a standalone order\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen ordered with the compatible 500 RT tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 500 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 147-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840291107128,"sku":"500 RTBS","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-500-rttbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 500 RTTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RTT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #500 RTTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RTT 500-Gallon Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 146\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the length required to fit the taller profile of the compatible 500 RTT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's configuration, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 500 RTTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 146\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 500 RTT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 500 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 500 RTT tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RTT — 500-Gallon Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe compatible 500 RTT tank measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e72\" long x 48\" wide x 41\" high\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 146\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 RTTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 146\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 500 RTT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular Tall Tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 500 RTT tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e500 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RTT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 500 RTTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by parcel or freight. Due to the overall length of the 500 RTTBS bands, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003efreight shipping may be required when the bands are shipped straight as a standalone order\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen ordered with the compatible 500 RTT tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 500 RTT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 500 RTT rectangular tall tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500 RTTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 146-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840292024632,"sku":"500 RTTBS","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-750-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 750 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 750 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #750 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 750 RT 750-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 129\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the length required to fit the compatible 750 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 750 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 129\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 750 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 750 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 750 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RT — 750-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 129\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 RTBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 129\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 750 RT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for the 750 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding down a Custom Roto-Molding rectangular tank on a mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStationary or mobile rectangular tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e750 Gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 750 RT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCustom Roto-Molding (part number 750 RTBS). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCustom Roto-Molding does not publish a separate document for this band set. Contact Tank Supply Direct for the matching tank drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by parcel or freight. Due to the overall length of the 750 RTBS bands, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003efreight shipping may be required when the bands are shipped straight as a standalone order\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen ordered with the compatible 750 RT tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 750 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 750 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 129-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840292974904,"sku":"750 RTBS","price":102.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"custom-roto-molding-rectangular-tank-bands-mpn-1000-rtbs","title":"Custom Roto-Molding Rectangular Tank Bands (MPN: 1000 RTBS)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDescription\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 750 RT Hold-Down Band Set (Part #750 RTBS)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is designed to provide a secure mounting solution for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 750 RT 750-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. This purpose-built band set helps keep the tank firmly positioned on a suitable mounting surface during stationary or mobile applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach steel hold-down band measures approximately \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" wide x 129\" long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the length required to fit the compatible 750 RT tank. The band set is specifically designed for the tank's profile, eliminating the need to source a generic tie-down system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set includes two steel bands along with four J-hook bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, providing the primary hardware needed for a proper tank mounting installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart Number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 750 RTBS\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Hold-Down \/ Tie-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Width:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBand Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 129\"\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 2 Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4 J-Hook Bolts with Washers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding 750 RT\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible Tank Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 750 Gallons\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePurpose-Built Fit:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed specifically for the 750 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Mounting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Helps keep the tank properly positioned during use and transport\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Custom Roto-Molding\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RT — 750-Gallon Rectangular Tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) 2\" Wide x 129\" Long Steel Hold-Down Bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(4) J-Hook Bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashers and Nuts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ships from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding in Caldwell, Idaho 83605\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Depending on the order quantity, destination, and other products included with the order, the band set may ship by parcel or freight. Due to the overall length of the 750 RTBS bands, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003efreight shipping may be required when the bands are shipped straight as a standalone order\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen ordered with the compatible 750 RT tank, Tank Supply Direct may coordinate the band set with the tank shipment whenever practical. Tracking or freight information will be provided once the order has shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Roto-Molding's published 5-year manufacturer warranty applies to its tanks. A specific warranty duration for this accessory is not stated in the supplier warranty information available to Tank Supply Direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact Tank Supply Direct at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder Your 750 RT Hold-Down Band Set Today\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure your \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCustom Roto-Molding 750 RT rectangular tank\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e with the purpose-built \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e750 RTBS Hold-Down Band Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. With two \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2-inch-wide x 129-inch-long steel bands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and the necessary J-hook mounting hardware, this set provides a straightforward solution for properly securing your tank.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOrder today from \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, your trusted source for Custom Roto-Molding tanks, accessories, and liquid storage solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Custom Roto-Molding","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52840294449464,"sku":"1000 RTBS","price":112.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/240_OTT_240_Gallon_Open_Top_Tank_Technical_Drawing.pdf.png?v=1787521412"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-330-gallon-prochem-horizontal-leg-tank-02-35550","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 330 Gallon ProChem Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-35550)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-35550 fits the Peabody 330 gallon prochem horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 2 bands per tank, so order 2. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-35550\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-35550\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e330 gal ProChem horizontal leg tanks: 01-35526 to 01-35537 (LPE 1.5, LPE 1.9, XLPE)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-35550). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121595638072,"sku":"02-35550","price":123.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/ProChem-Horizontal-Leg-Tanks_1720902e-97a7-46ce-b184-743a150ca0eb.jpg?v=1791647286"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-530-gallon-prochem-horizontal-leg-tank-02-35551","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 530 Gallon ProChem Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-35551)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-35551 fits the Peabody 530 gallon prochem horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 2 bands per tank, so order 2. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-35551\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-35551\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e530 gal ProChem horizontal leg tanks: 01-35538 to 01-35549 (LPE 1.5, LPE 1.9, XLPE)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-35551). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596129592,"sku":"02-35551","price":130.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/ProChem-Horizontal-Leg-Tanks_990c0adc-991c-4506-8850-45c6b27185c2.jpg?v=1791647404"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-35-gallon-horizontal-leg-tank-02-1135","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 35 Gallon Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1135)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1135 fits the Peabody 35 gallon horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: bands are optional on this size; Peabody fits 2 per tank, so order 2. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1135\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1135\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (optional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25841\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1135). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596162360,"sku":"02-1135","price":41.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/horizontal-leg-tank-assorted-peabody-engineering_7353a233-0355-49cb-842a-624155c45fe4.jpg?v=1791647405"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-55-and-65-gallon-horizontal-leg-tank-02-1150","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 55 \u0026 65 Gallon Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1150)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1150 fits the Peabody 55 \u0026amp; 65 gallon horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: bands are optional on this size; Peabody fits 2 per tank, so order 2. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1150\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1150\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (optional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e55 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25842\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e65 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25843\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1150). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596195128,"sku":"02-1150","price":62.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/horizontal-leg-tank-assorted-peabody-engineering_21bfd65d-bf4e-449a-a09a-73e18c6e19c6.jpg?v=1791647407"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-125-gallon-horizontal-leg-tank-02-1109","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 125 Gallon Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1109)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1109 fits the Peabody 125 gallon horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: bands are optional on this size; Peabody fits 2 per tank, so order 2. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1109\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1109\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (optional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e125 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25844\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1109). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596227896,"sku":"02-1109","price":89.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/horizontal-leg-tank-assorted-peabody-engineering_c92ccc90-d93d-4e7b-a064-46075f9ea479.jpg?v=1791647408"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-225-gallon-horizontal-leg-tank-02-1123","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 225 Gallon Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1123)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1123 fits the Peabody 225 gallon horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: bands are optional on this size; Peabody fits 2 per tank, so order 2. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (optional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25845\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1123). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596260664,"sku":"02-1123","price":147.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/horizontal-leg-tank-assorted-peabody-engineering_ae4ace8e-eee5-4ca0-8afa-0b2b1f3cbca6.jpg?v=1791647409"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-725-gallon-horizontal-leg-tank-02-1154","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 725 Gallon Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1154)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1154 fits the Peabody 725 gallon horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 3 bands per tank, so order 3. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e725 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25853 (1.5 SG)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e725 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25852 (1.9 SG)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1154). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596293432,"sku":"02-1154","price":154.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/horizontal-leg-tank-1025-gal-natural-peabody-engineering_9db090b0-a062-4794-83e2-a9225d63fbcf.jpg?v=1791647411"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-1025-gallon-horizontal-leg-tank-02-1102","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 1025 Gallon Horizontal Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1102)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1102 fits the Peabody 1025 gallon horizontal leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 4 bands per tank, so order 4. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1102\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1102\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1025 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25856 (1.5 SG)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1025 gal horizontal leg tank 01-25857 (1.9 SG)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1102). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596326200,"sku":"02-1102","price":154.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/horizontal-leg-tank-1025-gal-natural-peabody-engineering_39b0e2d3-509c-4a4a-a5ae-0490d88868b6.jpg?v=1791647412"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-135-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-36356","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 135 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-36356)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-36356 fits the Peabody 135 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 2 bands per tank, so order 2. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-36356\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-36356\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e135 gal elliptical tank 01-36353\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-36356). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596358968,"sku":"02-36356","price":78.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_9ff4dc3c-5ebc-4506-a07d-10be1febc926.jpg?v=1791647413"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-235-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-36357","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 235 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-36357)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-36357 fits the Peabody 235 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 2 bands per tank, so order 2. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-36357\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-36357\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e235 gal elliptical tank 01-36354\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-36357). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596391736,"sku":"02-36357","price":122.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_df195c4c-169d-4445-bf08-50727e57fb9d.jpg?v=1791647415"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-335-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-1133","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 335 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1133)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1133 fits the Peabody 335 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 2 bands per tank, so order 2. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1133\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1133\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e335 gal elliptical tank 01-25847\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1133). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596424504,"sku":"02-1133","price":142.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_c0687926-412a-42db-8d4e-4ba7c077a12d.jpg?v=1791647416"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-535-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-1148","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 535 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1148)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1148 fits the Peabody 535 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 2 bands per tank, so order 2. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e535 gal elliptical tank 01-25851\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1148). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596457272,"sku":"02-1148","price":161.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_5acfb9e0-5c43-48ad-8640-9ee7fc35eef7.jpg?v=1791647417"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-1635-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-1117","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 1635 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1117)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1117 fits the Peabody 1635 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 4 bands per tank, so order 4. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1117\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1117\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1635 gal elliptical tank 01-25865\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1635 gal elliptical tank heavy duty 01-25864\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1117). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596490040,"sku":"02-1117","price":200.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_256e53d1-48a8-493d-8949-146aee0690f5.jpg?v=1791647418"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-2035-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-31008","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 2035 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-31008)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-31008 fits the Peabody 2035 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 4 bands per tank, so order 4. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-31008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-31008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2035 gal elliptical tank 01-25867\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2035 gal elliptical tank heavy duty 01-25866\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-31008). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596522808,"sku":"02-31008","price":348.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_1c15ca6a-69ea-474b-9a63-f2725e6f4efd.jpg?v=1791647420"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-2635-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-1125","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 2635 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1125)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1125 fits the Peabody 2635 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 4 bands per tank, so order 4. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2635 gal elliptical tank 01-25868\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2635 gal elliptical tank heavy duty 01-25869\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1125). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596555576,"sku":"02-1125","price":447.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_a2f94fee-a52c-41aa-8f8b-6210a3118b36.jpg?v=1791647421"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-3135-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-1128","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 3135 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1128)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1128 fits the Peabody 3135 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 4 bands per tank, so order 4. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1128\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1128\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3135 gal elliptical tank 01-25871\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3135 gal elliptical tank heavy duty 01-25870\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1128). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596588344,"sku":"02-1128","price":487.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_7ec0e01e-9ea3-4ccf-b03a-7560f91bc57c.jpg?v=1791647422"},{"product_id":"peabody-engineering-steel-band-4035-gallon-elliptical-leg-tank-02-1137","title":"Peabody Engineering Steel Band for 4035 Gallon Elliptical Leg Tank (MPN: 02-1137)","description":"\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peabody Engineering steel band 02-1137 fits the Peabody 4035 gallon elliptical leg tank. Steel bands strap the tank down to its mounting surface for transport and use. Sold individually: Peabody requires 4 bands per tank, so order 4. Elliptical leg tanks purchased without bands void the Peabody warranty. The tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Peabody Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody part number 02-1137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for the tanks listed under Fits These Tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold Individually:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 bands per tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 02-1137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBands per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each (1 band)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peabody Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits These Tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4035 gal elliptical tank 01-25872\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4035 gal elliptical tank heavy duty 01-25873\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping a Peabody leg tank in place for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical transport and nursing tank installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to ship, and where does it ship from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lead time is 3-5 Weeks, and it ships from SC. Shipping is calculated at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering (part number 02-1137). Tank Supply Direct sells and supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/catalog.4peabody.com\/horizontal-leg-tanks\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody catalog page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacture Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips From (State):\u003c\/strong\u003e SC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts are subject to \u003cb\u003efreight or parcel shipping costs\u003c\/b\u003e. Shipping charges are \u003cb\u003ecalculated at checkout\u003c\/b\u003e based on delivery location, product size, weight, and carrier requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeabody Engineering's published warranty is a full 3-year warranty on its standard tanks and a full 5-year warranty on its heavy-duty tanks, and it does not apply to special applications such as sodium hypochlorite and bio-diesel. Peabody does not state a separate warranty term for this item. For warranty details or to initiate a warranty claim, please contact \u003cb\u003eTank Supply Direct\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003einfo@tanksupplydirect.com\u003c\/b\u003e. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/4peabody.com\/faqs\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePeabody Engineering FAQs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peabody Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53121596621112,"sku":"02-1137","price":513.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/files\/elliptical-tank-generic-natural-peabody-engineering_f5076f21-25e7-4512-a680-9360609e2a5e.jpg?v=1791647424"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0916\/1732\/9464\/collections\/Tank_Bands.png?v=1774444809","url":"https:\/\/www.tanksupplydirect.com\/collections\/tank-bands.oembed?page=3","provider":"Tank Supply Direct","version":"1.0","type":"link"}